You are on page 1of 279

Cawit National

School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10


High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 17 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. PLAN AND PREPARE WORK FOR A SPECIFIC JOB ORDER
Objectives 1.1. Choose appropriate lighting fixtures for specific tasks
II. CONTENT 3. Fluorescent lamp (20and 40 watts tubular type)
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEL10EL-Ia-IIj-1
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.slideshare.com/fluorescent , www.knowhow.com/electricallamp
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the other types of lamp
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing the parts/accessories of fluorescent lamp. Ask student how to
the lesson connect each part
C. Presenting examples/ Discuss the function of the ballast and the starter and explain the function
instances of the new lesson of each.
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the proper of troubleshooting fluorescent lamp
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Read other materials about the topic
G. Finding practical applications Group Activity: Connect the parts/accessories of fluorescent lamp
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let student summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Explain how to troubleshoot a non-functional fluorescent lamp
J. Additional activities for Review on the kinds of diagram
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 18 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages pp. 17 - 18
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 73 - 74
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on wiring diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing samples of electrical plan
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Discuss to the students on how to prepare an electrical plan
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Presentation of activity 1
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module. P. 73
G. Finding practical applications Group activity. Draw an electrical floor plan
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Formative Test
J. Additional activities for Draw a Pictorial diagram of “two lamp controlled by a single pole switch
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 19 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages pp. 19
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 73 - 74
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the types of wiring diagram
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing an electrical floor plan let the students analyze the plan.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the wiring diagrams
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the function of wiring diagrams
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module. P. 75
G. Finding practical applications Group activity. Kinds of wiring diagrams
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Formative Test
J. Additional activities for Draw an schematic diagram of “two lamps controlled by single pole switch
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 20 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages pp. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 73 - 74
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the types of wiring diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing an example of an schematic diagram
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Discuss on how to install electrical wiring systems using
instances of the new lesson different types of wiring methods:
D. Discussing new concepts Explain the importance of electrical symbols in preparing a circuit diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Draw an schematic diagram of circuit with one bulb controlled by
of concepts & skills in daily surface or flush type single pole switch
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Draw a Pictorial diagram of “One lamp controlled by two 3-wayswitches in
different locations”.
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 24 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages pp. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 73 - 74
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Drill on the types of wiring diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing an example of an schematic diagram
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Present an Schematic Diagram of “One lamp controlled by two 3-way
instances of the new lesson switches in different locations.”
D. Discussing new concepts Explain how the Schematic Diagram of “One lamp controlled by two 3-way
and practicing new skill #1 switches in different locations.” Works.
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Draw an Schematic Diagram of “One lamp controlled by two 3-way
of concepts & skills in daily switches in different locations.”
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Draw a Pictorial diagram of “Two lamps controlled by two 3-wayswitches
in different locations”.
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 25 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages pp. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 73 - 74
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Drill on the types of wiring diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing an example of an schematic diagram
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Present an Actual Connection Diagram of “One lamp controlled by two
instances of the new lesson 3-way switches in different locations.”
D. Discussing new concepts Explain how the Actual Connection Diagram of “One lamp controlled by
and practicing new skill #1 two 3-way switches in different locations.”
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Draw an Actual Connection Diagram of “One lamp controlled by two
of concepts & skills in daily 3-way switches in different locations.”
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Draw a Pictorial diagram of “Two lamps controlled by two 3-wayswitches
and a convenience outlet in different locations”.
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 26, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages pp. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 73 - 74
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Drill on the types of wiring diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing a schematic diagram
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Pictorial Diagram of “one lamp controlled by a
instances of the new lesson single pole switch and a convenience outlet”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “one lamp controlled by a
of concepts & skills in daily single pole switch and a convenience outlet”, draw the following:
living • Schematic diagram
• Line diagram
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “one lamp controlled by a
single pole switch and a convenience outlet”, draw an actual connection
diagram
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
July 27, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages p. 76
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Drill on the types of wiring diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Pictorial Diagram of “two lamp controlled by a
instances of the new lesson single pole switch and a convenience outlet”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “two lamp controlled by a
of concepts & skills in daily single pole switch and a convenience outlet”, draw the following:
living • Schematic diagram
• Line diagram
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “two lamp controlled by a
single pole switch and a convenience outlet”, draw an actual connection
diagram
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
AUGUST 1, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages p. 77
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on “two lamps controlled by a
presenting the new lesson single pole switch and a convenience outlet”
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Pictorial Diagram of “two lamps, first lampis controlled by
instances of the new lesson two 3-way switches and the second lamp is
controlled by single pole switch”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “two lamps, first lampis controlled by
of concepts & skills in daily two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
living switch””, draw the following:
• Schematic diagram
• Line diagram
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Using the rubrics to evaluate the learners
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
AUGUST 2, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages p. 77
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on “two lamps controlled by a
presenting the new lesson single pole switch and a convenience outlet”
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
instances of the new lesson two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
switch”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
of concepts & skills in daily two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
living switch””, draw the following:
• Schematic diagram
• Line diagram
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Using the rubrics to evaluate the learners
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
AUGUST 3, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages p. 77
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on “two lamps controlled by a
presenting the new lesson single pole switch and a convenience outlet”
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
instances of the new lesson two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
switch”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
of concepts & skills in daily two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
living switch””, draw the following:
• Schematic diagram
• Line diagram
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Based on the Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
switch”
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
AUGUST 7, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 21
3. Learner’s Material Pages p. 77
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on “two lamps controlled by a
presenting the new lesson single pole switch and a convenience outlet”
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing a Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
the lesson two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole switch
with a convenience outlet”
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Schematic Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled
instances of the new lesson by two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
switch with a convenience outlet”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Based on the Schematic Diagram draw an actual connection diagram of
of concepts & skills in daily “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by two 3-way switches and the
living second lamp iscontrolled by single pole switch with a convenience outlet”
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Using rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
AUGUST 8, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
presenting the new lesson two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole switch
with exhaust fan”
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Schematic Diagram of “four lamps, three lamps is controlled
instances of the new lesson by two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
switch with an exhaust fan”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Draw the as built drawing of “four lamps, three lamps is controlled by two
of concepts & skills in daily 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole switch
living with an exhaust fan”
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Using rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading First
Date / Time:
AUGUST 9, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND
Objectives LIGHTINGFIXTURES
2.3 Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring
methods:
II. CONTENT 13. Different types of wiring methods approved inthe Philippine condition.
14. Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources www.knowhow.com/circuit/diagrams
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled
presenting the new lesson by two 3-way switches and the second lamp is
controlled by single pole switch with a convenience outlet”
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting a Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by
instances of the new lesson two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole switch
with exhaust fan”
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Draw the as built drawing of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled by two
of concepts & skills in daily 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole switch
living with exhaust fan”
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Using rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading First
Date / Time: AUGUST 10-11, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Students should be able to get at least 80% in the examination
Objectives
II. CONTENT FIRST PERIODICAL EXAMINATION
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Students will:
the lesson 1. Read the direction carefully
2. Follow direction correctly
3. Answer the questions correctly
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 14, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 24
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 89-90
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the Pictorial Diagram of “three lamps, two lamps is controlled
presenting the new lesson by two 3-way switches and the second lamp iscontrolled by single pole
switch with exhaust fan”
B. Establishing a purpose for Pre Test
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the information sheet 25. (NON-METALLIC SHEATHED
instances of the new lesson CABLE (NM,NMC, NMS)
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the non-metallic sheathed cable
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the basic types of non-metallic sheathed cable
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 89 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS allowed
of concepts & skills in daily to install
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS allowed to install
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 15, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 24
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 89-90
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson Review the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS allowed to install
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing different types of cables. Let students identify the Non-metallic
the lesson sheathed cable
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the information sheet 25. (NON-METALLIC SHEATHED
instances of the new lesson CABLE (NM,NMC, NMS)
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the locations where the Non-metallic sheathed cable are not
and practicing new skill #1 allowed to use
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the size of NMS and its equivalent amperage
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 91 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS are not
of concepts & skills in daily allowed to install
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS are not allowed to
install
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 16, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 24
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 89-90
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS not allowed to install
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing samples of Non-metallic sheathed cable
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of different conductor types of a Non-metallic sheathed
instances of the new lesson cable
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the different conductor types
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the size and conductor types of Non-metallic sheathed cable
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 91 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Identify the size and conductor types of Non- metallic sheathed cable
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the size and conductor types of Non- metallic sheathed cable
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 17, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 92-95
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the location where the NM, NMC, and NMS not allowed to install
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing samples of Non-metallic sheathed cable
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Video presentation of Installing Non-metallic Sheathed Cable
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss how to install Non-metallic sheathed cable
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the proper way stripping Non-metallic sheathed cable
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 92 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Demonstrate the proper way stripping Non-metallic sheathed cable
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the process of installing a Non-metallic sheathed cable
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 22, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 26
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 96
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on non-metallic sheathed cable
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing a picture of Flexible Metallic Tubing
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the Flexible Metallic Tubing
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Flexible Metallic Tubing
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the basic types of Flexible Metallic Tubing
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 97 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss the location where the Flexible Metallic Tubing
of concepts & skills in daily allowed to install
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the location where the Flexible Metallic TubingFlexible
Metallic Tubing allowed to install
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Second
Date / Time: Grading Period:
AUGUST 23, 2017 Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in the
maintenance of electrical tools and equipment.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently performs proper maintenance of electrical tools and
equipment based on industry standards
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Check condition of tools and equipment
Objectives 1. Identify different tools and equipments
1.1 Label functional and non-functional tools and equipment
II. CONTENT 1. Electrical tools and equipment
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material
Pages AUGUST 23 – 24, SICK LEAVE
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials
from Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous
lesson or presenting the
new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new
lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical
applications of concepts
& skills in daily living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the
lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
require additional activities
for remediation who
scored below 80%
C. Did the remedial lesson ___YES ___NO
work? No. of learners who ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
caught up with the lesson
D. No. of learners who ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
continue to require
remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? ____Group collaboration
Why did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 28, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUGUST 29, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 26
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 96
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on non-metallic sheathed cable
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss where the Flexible Metallic Tubing not allowed to install
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 97 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss the location where the Flexible Metallic Tubing not
of concepts & skills in daily allowed to install
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the location where the Flexible Metallic TubingFlexible
Metallic Tubing not allowed to install
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WED / THURS Grading Second
Date / Time:
AUG. 30-31, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 1, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 4, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 26
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 97-98
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on Flexible Metallic Tubing
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing Flexible metallic tubing fittings. Ask students what they know
the lesson about them
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the Flexible metallic tubing fittings
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Flexible metallic tubing fittings
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 98 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss about Flexible metallic tubing fittings
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the Flexible metallic tubing fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 5, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 26
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 100
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on Flexible Metallic Tubing Fittings
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss on how to cut Flexible metallic TUBING
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 100 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss the procedure on how to Cut Flexible metallic TUBING
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the ways to Cut Flexible metallic TUBING
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 5, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages p. 26
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 101
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on Flexible Metallic Tubing Fittings
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss on how to Install Flexible Metallic Tubing (Fmt)
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask the learners to read their module on p. 101 for better understanding
G. Finding practical applications Let students discuss the procedure on how Install Flexible Metallic Tubing
of concepts & skills in daily (Fmt)
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask the student to summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the ways to Install Flexible Metallic Tubing (Fmt)
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 6, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Preparation of drawing tools
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of activity no. 5
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Completing the schematic diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Let students perform activity no. 5
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS not executed (went to town for canvassing)
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 7, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Preparation of drawing tools
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of activity no. 5
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Completing the schematic diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Let students perform activity no. 5
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 8, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 11, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipments needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 12, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Preparation of drawing tools
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of activity no. 7
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Completing the schematic diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Let students perform activity no. 7
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS NOT EXECUTED DUE TO HEAVY RAINS CAUSED BY TYPHOON….
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 13, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 14, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Preparation of drawing tools
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of activity no. 7
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Completing the schematic diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Let students perform activity no. 7
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 18, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on non-metallic sheathed cable
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
the lesson using non-metallic sheathed cable
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of non-metallic sheathed cableon the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 19, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS NOT EXECUTED (ON SICK LEAVE)
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 20, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 21, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 22, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 25, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 2 lamps controlled by single switch
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of 2 lamps controlled by single switch
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 26, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 3 lamps controlled by single switch
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of 3 lamps controlled by single switch
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
SEPT. 27, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of 2 lamps controlled by single switch
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 2, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/UtilityCompany Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlyingprinciples in
the installation of electrical lighting systems,auxiliary outlets and
lightingfixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Preparation of drawing tools
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of activity no. 8
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Completing the schematic diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Performing the activity no. 8
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 3, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by single switch and a
the lesson convenience outlet
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications actual Installation of 1 lamp controlled by single switch and a convenience
of concepts & skills in daily outlet
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 4, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by single switch and a
the lesson convenience outlet
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications actual Installation of 1 lamp controlled by single switch and a convenience
of concepts & skills in daily outlet
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 5, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources TEACHERS DAY CELEBRATION
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 6, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 9, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 106-107
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 3 lamps controlled by single pole switch
the lesson and a convenience outlet
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications actual Installation of 3 lamps controlled by single pole switch and a
of concepts & skills in daily convenience outlet
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 10, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 110-111
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of RSC fittings. Let students identify the fittings
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the rigid steel conduit
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the rigid steel conduit
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of RSC fittings
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of using RSC
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different RSC fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS To be continued.........
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 11, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 110-111
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about the Rigid Steel Conduit......(continuation)
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the rigid steel conduit
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of RSC fittings
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of using RSC
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different RSC fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 12, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
OCT. 13, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Second
Date / Time: Grading Period:
OCT. 16, 2017 Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in the
maintenance of electrical tools and equipment.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently performs proper maintenance of electrical tools and
equipment based on industry standards
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Check condition of tools and equipment
Objectives 1. Identify different tools and equipment
1.1 Label functional and non-functional tools and equipment
II. CONTENT 1. Electrical tools and equipment
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material
Pages CLASSES POSPONED ON OCT. 16-17, 2017
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials
from Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous
lesson or presenting the
new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new
lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical
applications of concepts
& skills in daily living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the
lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
require additional activities
for remediation who
scored below 80%
C. Did the remedial lesson ___YES ___NO
work? No. of learners who ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
caught up with the lesson
D. No. of learners who ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
continue to require
remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? ____Group collaboration
Why did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Second
Date / Time: Grading Period:
OCT. 18, 2017 Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in the
maintenance of electrical tools and equipment.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently performs proper maintenance of electrical tools and
equipment based on industry standards
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Check condition of tools and equipment
Objectives 1. Identify different tools and equipment
1.1 Label functional and non-functional tools and equipment
II. CONTENT 1. Electrical tools and equipment
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI7/8MT-0f-1
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 17
3. Learner’s Material
Pages p. 105
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials
from Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous Enumerate the Personal Protective Equipment gadgets.
lesson or presenting the
new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Video presentation about the Pre- Preventive Maintenance (PPM)
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Discuss the Pre Preventive Maintenance
instances of the new
lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the proper way of Performing the Pre Preventive Maintenance
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pre Preventive Maintenance
G. Finding practical
applications of concepts Perform the Pre Preventive Maintenance for Stand Fan and Wall Fan
& skills in daily living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the
lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Using the rubrics to evaluate their performance
J. Additional activities for Know the PPM for computer unit
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
require additional activities
for remediation who
scored below 80%
C. Did the remedial lesson ___YES ___NO
work? No. of learners who ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
caught up with the lesson
D. No. of learners who ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
continue to require
remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? ____Group collaboration
Why did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Second
Date / Time: Grading Period:
OCT. 19, 2017 Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in the
maintenance of electrical tools and equipment.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently performs proper maintenance of electrical tools and
equipment based on industry standards
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Check condition of tools and equipment
Objectives 1. Identify different tools and equipment
1.1 Label functional and non-functional tools and equipment
II. CONTENT 1. Electrical tools and equipment
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
SECOND QUARTER EXAMINATION
3. Learner’s Material
Pages OCT. 19 – 20, 2017
4. Textbook Pages Oct. 23 – 31 , Semestral Break
5. Additional Materials
from Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous
lesson or presenting the
new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new
lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical
applications of concepts
& skills in daily living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the
lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
earned 80% in the
evaluation
B. No. of learners who ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
require additional activities
for remediation who
scored below 80%
C. Did the remedial lesson ___YES ___NO
work? No. of learners who ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
caught up with the lesson
D. No. of learners who ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
continue to require
remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? ____Group collaboration
Why did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 6, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 110-111
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools and equipment needed for the installation of FMT
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of RSC fittings. Let students identify the fittings
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the rigid steel conduit
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the rigid steel conduit
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of RSC fittings
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of using RSC
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different RSC fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS To be continued.........
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 7, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 110-111
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about the Rigid Steel Conduit......(continuation)
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the rigid steel conduit
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of RSC fittings
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of using RSC
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different RSC fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WED - FRI Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 8-10, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
http//:www.youtube.com/hangingsparkleball
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Video presentation on how to make a hanging sparkle ball
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of tools and materials needed
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual demonstration on how to make a hanging sparkle ball
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Let students perform the activity by making a hanging sparkle ball
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use the rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 13, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
http//:www.youtube.com/hangingsparkleball
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for EXHIBIT
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Display the sparkle ball finished product….
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Let students have an exhibit display of their finished product
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use the rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 14, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 128-132
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill about Flexible Metallic Tubing
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of IMT fittings. Let students identify the fittings
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the Intermediate Metallic Tubing
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Intermediate Metallic Tubing
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of IMT fittings
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of using IMT
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different IMT fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS To be continued.........
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 15, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 134-135
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about the Intermediate Metallic Tubing......(continuation)
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Intermediate Metallic Tubing
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of IMT fittings
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of using IMT
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different IMT fittings
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 16, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Different types of wiring methods approved in the Philippine condition.
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 134-135
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about the Intermediate Metallic Tubing
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing a pictures of IMT conduits and tubing
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of IMT conduits and tubing
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the IMT conduits and tubing
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the use of IMT conduits and tubing
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Explain the proper way of IMT conduits and tubing
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different IMT conduits and tubing
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 17, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 20, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 134-135
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about the Intermediate Metallic Conduits and Tubing
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing a pictures of IMT installation samples
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of IMT Specific Installation Requirements
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the IMT Specific Installation Requirements
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read the PEC about the Specific Installation Requirements
G. Finding practical applications Explain the IMT Specific Installation Requirements
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the IMT Specific Installation Requirements
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 21, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT Basic electrical wiring installations
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 25
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 134-135
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the tools
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Draw an schematic diagram of Two bulbs, one bulb controlled by two
the lesson 3-way switches, the other bulb is controlled by single pole switch. Two
convenience outlets, one is for Air conditioning Unit (ACU) and the other is
for ordinary duplex
Convenience Outlet (CO)
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection of FMT on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications actual Installation of Two bulbs, one bulb controlled by two
of concepts & skills in daily 3-way switches, the other bulb is controlled by single pole switch. Two
living convenience outlets, one is for Airconditioning Unit (ACU) and the other is
for ordinary duplex
Convenience Outlet (CO)
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 22, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Demonstrate understanding on the Acts punishable under RA 7832
Objectives
II. CONTENT Republic Act 7832: the Anti-electricity and Electric Transmission
Lines/Materials Pilferage Act of 1994
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 139-140
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about the IMT Specific Installation Requirements
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Ask students if they know some Republic Acts. Let them state the act.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Republic Act 7832: the Anti-electricity and Electric
instances of the new lesson Transmission Lines/Materials Pilferage Act of 1994
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Acts punishable under RA 7832
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read the Acts punishable under RA 7832
G. Finding practical applications Explain the Acts punishable under RA 7832
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the IMT Acts punishable under RA 7832
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 23, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Demonstrate understanding on the Acts punishable under RA 7832
Objectives
II. CONTENT Republic Act 7832: the Anti-electricity and Electric Transmission
Lines/Materials Pilferage Act of 1994
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 139-140
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about section 2 of the RA. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission Lines/
instances of the new lesson Materials
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission Lines/
and practicing new skill #1 Materials
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read the Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission
Lines/Materials
G. Finding practical applications Explain the content of Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission
of concepts & skills in daily Lines/Materials
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the content of Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission
Lines/Materials
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 24, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Demonstrate understanding on the Acts punishable under RA 7832
Objectives
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ EXPLORING MS POWERPOINT
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
CREATING PRESENTATIONS
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications COMPUTER HANDS ON
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 27, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Demonstrate understanding on the Acts punishable under RA 7832
Objectives
II. CONTENT Republic Act 7832: the Anti-electricity and Electric Transmission
Lines/Materials Pilferage Act of 1994
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 139-140
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about section 3 of the RA. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission Lines/
instances of the new lesson Materials
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission Lines/
and practicing new skill #1 Materials
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read the Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission
Lines/Materials
G. Finding practical applications Explain the content of Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission
of concepts & skills in daily Lines/Materials
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the content of Section 3: Theft of Electric Power Transmission
Lines/Materials
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 28, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Demonstrate understanding on the Acts punishable under RA 7832
Objectives
II. CONTENT Republic Act 7832: the Anti-electricity and Electric Transmission
Lines/Materials Pilferage Act of 1994
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 139-140
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about section 4 of the RA. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
instances of the new lesson Electricity
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
and practicing new skill #1 Electricity
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read the Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
Electricity
G. Finding practical applications Explain the content of Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
of concepts & skills in daily Electricity
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the content of Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
Electricity
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS NOT EXECUTED
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDENESDAY Grading Second
Date / Time:
NOV. 29, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
B. Performance Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
C. Learning Competencies/ Demonstrate understanding on the Acts punishable under RA 7832
Objectives
II. CONTENT Republic Act 7832: the Anti-electricity and Electric Transmission
Lines/Materials Pilferage Act of 1994
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 139-140
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review about section 4 of the RA. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
instances of the new lesson Electricity
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
and practicing new skill #1 Electricity
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read the Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
Electricity
G. Finding practical applications Explain the content of Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
of concepts & skills in daily Electricity
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the content of Section 4: Prima Facie Evidence Of Illegal Use Of
Electricity
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
NOV. 30, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages HOLIDAY
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 1, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 141-142
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the republic act no. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting the section 7 of the RA. 7832
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 7: Penalties.
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the violations under Section 7
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Have a research about RA. 7832, section 7
G. Finding practical applications Group discussion about the violations under Section 7
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the violations under Section 7
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS -- NOT EXECUTED --
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 4, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 141-142
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the republic act no. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting the section 7 of the RA. 7832
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 7: Penalties.
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the violations under Section 7
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Have a research about RA. 7832, section 7
G. Finding practical applications Group discussion about the violations under Section 7
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the violations under Section 7
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS -- NOT EXECUTED --
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 5, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide TLE_IAEI10EL-Ia-IIj-2
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 40
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 141-142
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the republic act no. 7832
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting the section 7 of the RA. 7832
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Section 7: Penalties.
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the violations under Section 7
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Have a research about RA. 7832, section 7
G. Finding practical applications Group discussion about the violations under Section 7
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the violations under Section 7
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 6, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages PRACTICE FOR BILA-BILA FESTIVAL, PREPARATION OF
4. Textbook Pages CUSTUMES AND PROPS
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal
Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 7, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages PRACTICE FOR BILA-BILA FESTIVAL, PREPARATION OF
4. Textbook Pages CUSTUMES AND PROPS
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 8, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
the installation of electrical lighting systems, auxiliary outlets and lighting
fixtures.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs electrical lighting systems, auxiliary
outlets and lighting fixtures based on the Philippine Electrical Code (PEC)
standards and Local Code/Utility Company Regulations.
C. Learning Competencies/ Install electrical wiring systems using different types of wiring methods
Objectives
II. CONTENT LO2. INSTALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, AUXILIARY OUTLETS AND LIGHTING
FIXTURES
2.1 Select appropriate electrical tools, equipment and materials for
specific tasks
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages BILA-BILA FESTIVAL COMPETITION
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:
RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 11, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
Have a drill on electrical symbols
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
Showing a pictures of different wiring diagram
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
Present an examples of wiring diagrams and their interpretations
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
Interpret electrical wiring diagram
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to review the wiring diagrams
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Draw an electrical wiring diagram based on the given information
living
H. Making generalizations &
Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Interpret these electrical wiring plan
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 12, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on electrical symbols
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:
RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 13, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on electrical symbols
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 1 lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
the lesson and a convenience outlet
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:
RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 14, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on electrical symbols
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 2 lamps controlled by two 3 way
the lesson switches and a convenience outlet
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:
RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 15, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:
RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 18, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on circuit diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 2 lamps controlled by two 3 way
the lesson switches and a convenience outlet using safety switch
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part
Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 18, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on circuit diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 2 lamps controlled by two 3 way
the lesson switches and a convenience outlet using safety switch
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS …..to be continued…..
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part
Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 19, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on circuit diagrams
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Connect an schematic diagram of 2 lamps controlled by two 3 way
the lesson switches and a convenience outlet using safety switch
C. Presenting examples/ Performing the activity
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Actual connection on the circuit board
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Installation of one lamp controlled by two 3 way switches
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Use rubrics to evaluate their output
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
DEC. 20, 2017 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages CHRISTMAS PARTY
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part
Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 3, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on electrical wiring plan
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of electrical devices
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Ask students how they purchase electrical devices
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the types of wiring devices
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the guides to select wiring devices
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research on how to select wiring devices
G. Finding practical applications Group activity on selecting wiring devices
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the guides on how to select wiring devices
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS …..not executed…..
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 4, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on electrical wiring plan
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of electrical devices
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Ask students how they purchase electrical devices
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the types of wiring devices
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the guides to select wiring devices
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research on how to select wiring devices
G. Finding practical applications Group activity on selecting wiring devices
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the guides on how to select wiring devices
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 5, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LESSON
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 8, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 153-155
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on electrical wiring plan
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Ask students how the Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter WORK
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) Information
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research on Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identifying Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Explain how the Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter work
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 9, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 155-163
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presenting the different types of GFCI
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the types of Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research on Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Give the difference of the types of Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Identify the types of Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter work
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 10, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 163-164
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the different types of GFCI
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Showing pictures of different tools
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss how to Select tools and equipment
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the importance of tools
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research on how to select tools and equipment
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Let students group the tools according to classification
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Identify the different types of tools and equipment
J. Additional activities for
Study the power tools….
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 11, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on different hand tools
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a machine power tools. Ask students what they know
the lesson about them
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson Presenting the machine power tools
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the description of machine power tools
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the uses of different machine power tools
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to read their module on page 164-165.
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Draw the machine power tools
living
H. Making generalizations & Enumerate different machine power tools
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Discuss the function of different machine power tools
J. Additional activities for Review on different hand tools
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 12, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES REPAIR OF SCHOOL DRAINAGE
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 15, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on machine power tools
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of an electric drill. Ask students what they know about it.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Video presentation on the proper use of electric drill
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the function of electric drill
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of electric drill
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about electric drill
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Label the parts of electric drill
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of electric drill
J. Additional activities for Review on machine power tools
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 16, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on machine power tools
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of an electric drill. Ask students what they know about it.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Video presentation on the proper use of electric drill
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the function of electric drill
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of electric drill
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about electric drill
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Label the parts of electric drill
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of electric drill
J. Additional activities for Review on machine power tools
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 17, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the parts of electric drill
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a grinding tool. Ask students what they know about it.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Video presentation on the proper use of grinding tool
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the function of grinding tool
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of grinding tool
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about grinding tool
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Label the parts of grinding tool
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of grinding tool
J. Additional activities for Review on the parts of electric drill
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 18, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages REPAIR OF SCHOOL DRAINAGE
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 19, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages REPAIR OF SCHOOL DRAINAGE
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 22, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on tools and equipments
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a vacuum cleaner. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Video presentation on the proper use of vacuum cleaner
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the function of vacuum cleaner
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of vacuum cleaner
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about vacuum cleaner
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Label the parts of vacuum cleaner
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of vacuum cleaner
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 23, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of electric drill
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic tools. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of different Pneumatic tools
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the different types of Pneumatic tools
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the use of different Pneumatic tools
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic tools
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the different Pneumatic tools
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the different Pneumatic tools
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 24, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 25, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF DRAINAGE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 26, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF DRAINAGE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 29, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages ON LEAVE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 30, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
JAN. 31, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS NOT EXECUTED – MAKING OF AIP, PIA, PPMP
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 1, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS NOT EXECUTED – MAKING OF AIP, PIA, PPMP
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 2, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 5, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 6, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF DRAINAGE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 7, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF DRAINAGE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 8, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF DRAINAGE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 9, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
COMPUTER LITERACY PROGRAM
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 12, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Grinder
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
High School
DAILY
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 13, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Electric Drill
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Vacuum Cleaner. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Vacuum Cleaner
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Vacuum Cleaner
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Vacuum Cleaner
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Vacuum Cleaner parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 13, 2018 Period: Grading
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Electric Drill
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Vacuum Cleaner. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Vacuum Cleaner
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Vacuum Cleaner
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Vacuum Cleaner
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Vacuum Cleaner parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 14, 2018 Period: Grading
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Electric Drill
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Vacuum Cleaner. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Vacuum Cleaner
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Vacuum Cleaner
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Vacuum Cleaner
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Vacuum Cleaner parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
J. Additional activities for What is an air drill?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 15, 2018 Period: Grading
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Portable Electric Drill
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Vacuum Cleaner. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Vacuum Cleaner
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Vacuum Cleaner
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Vacuum Cleaner
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Vacuum Cleaner parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
J. Additional activities for What is Pneumatic Torque Wrench?
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 16, 2018 Period: Grading
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages HOLIDAY
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 19, 2018 Period: Grading
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages CONCRETING OF PAVEMENT
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
Date / Time: TUESDAY Grading Third
FEB. 20, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages CONCRETING OF PAVEMENT
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
LOG FEB. 21, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages CONCRETING OF PAVEMENT
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
Date / Time: THURSDAY Grading Third
FEB. 22, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages 37TH FOUNDATION DAY CELEBRATION
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
FEB. 23, 2018 Period: Grading
I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages 37TH FOUNDATION DAY CELEBRATION
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80%
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
Date / Time: MONDAY Grading Third
FEB. 26, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the parts of Vacuum Cleaner
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Torque Wrench. Ask students what they
the lesson know about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Torque Wrench
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Torque Wrench parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
J. Additional activities for List down the parts of Air Rachet....
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
Date / Time: TUESDAY Grading Third
FEB. 27, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the parts of Pneumatic Torque Wrench
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of an Air Rachet. Ask students what they know about it.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the parts of Air Rachet
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Air Rachet
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Air Rachet
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Air Rachet
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Air Rachet parts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Air Rachet
J. Additional activities for List down the parts of an Pneumatic Floor Jack....
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
LOG Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
Date / Time: WEDNESDAY Grading Third
FEB. 28, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.1 Interpret plan/drawings for the selection of wiring devices based on
the job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
STUDENT TEACHERS FINAL DEMONSTRATION
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

Cawit National
School: Comprehensive Grade Level: G10
DAILY High School
LESSON
Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
LOG MAR. 1, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF THE TEMPPORARY FENCE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 2, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
4. Textbook Pages
REPAIR OF THE TEMPPORARY FENCE
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 5, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of vacuum cleaner
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Showing pictures of a Pneumatic Floor Jack. Ask students what they know
the lesson about it.
C. Presenting examples/ Presentation of the parts of Pneumatic Floor Jack
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the uses of Pneumatic Floor Jack
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discussion on the parts of Pneumatic Floor Jack
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about Pneumatic Floor Jack
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Identify the Pneumatic Floor Jackparts
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the parts of Pneumatic Floor Jack
J. Additional activities for Know the Basic Maintenance of Electrical Tools and Equipment
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 6, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages
SICK LEAVE
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG WEDNESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 7, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Have a drill on the parts of Pneumatic Floor Jack
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Video presentation on the proper way of cleaning tools
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Discuss the Basic Maintenance of Electrical Tools and Equipment
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the proper way of cleaning and maintaining tools
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Ask students to have a research about the proper way of cleaning tools
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily Explain the Basic Maintenance of Electrical Tools and Equipment
living
H. Making generalizations & Let students summarize the lesson
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Enumerate the proper way of cleaning tools
J. Additional activities for Know what is PPE
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG THURSDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 8, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages
3. Learner’s Material Pages ON LEAVE
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations &
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG FRIDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 9, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 164-165
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on the ways of cleaning tools and work area
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Ask students on how they clean their tools and Work Area.
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Actual performance of cleaning tools and equipment
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Proper wearing of personal protective equipments
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Actual performance of cleaning tools and equipment
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Review on the ways of cleaning tools and work area
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning use rubrics
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG MONDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 12, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 182-183
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review the 3 TYPES of GFCI
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Ask students on how they use the different types of GFCI
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Showing the pictures of kitchen appliances. Ask them what they can see
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the function of GFCI to protect their appliances in the kitchen
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the Article 2.50 of the Philippine Electrical Code
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery Explain figure 1 of p. 182 of their module
G. Finding practical applications Group activity. Require them to draw a diagram of their kitchen showing
of concepts & skills in daily the use of GFCI
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask students what they have learned
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Short quiz….
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

School: Cawit National Grade Level: G10


Comprehensive
DAILY High School
LESSON Teacher: Alvin V. Mamitag Subject: TLE
LOG TUESDAY Grading Third
Date / Time:
MAR. 13, 2018 Period: Grading

I. OBJECTIVES
A. Content Standards The learner demonstrates an understanding of the underlying principles in
installing wiring devices.
B. Performance Standards The learner independently installs wiring devices for floor and ground
fault current interrupter.
C. Learning Competencies/ LO1. Select the wiring devices used for floor and ground fault current
Objectives interrupter
1.3 Select tools and equipment to be used based on job requirement
II. CONTENT 1. Standard application of tools, materials and equipment in accordance
with PEC (Philippine Electrical Code) /NEMA
III. LEARNING RESOURCES
TLE_IAEI10WD-IIIa-IVj-1
1. Curriculum Guide
2. Teacher’s Guide Pages P. 46-47
3. Learner’s Material Pages pp. 182-183
4. Textbook Pages
5. Additional Materials from
Learning Resources
IV. PROCEDURES
A. Reviewing previous lesson or Review on how the GFCI protect their appliances in the kitchen
presenting the new lesson
B. Establishing a purpose for Ask students on how they use the different types of GFCI
the lesson
C. Presenting examples/ Showing a diagram with GFCI
instances of the new lesson
D. Discussing new concepts Discuss the figure 2 of their module
and practicing new skill #1
E. Discussing new concepts and Discuss the figure 3 of their module
practicing new skill #2
F. Developing Mastery
G. Finding practical applications Group activity.
of concepts & skills in daily
living
H. Making generalizations & Ask students what they have learned
abstractions about the lesson
I. Evaluating Learning Short quiz….
J. Additional activities for
application or remediation
V. REMARKS
VI. REFLECTION
A. No. of learners who earned 80% ____ No. of learners who earned 80% above
in the evaluation
B. No. of learners who require ____ No. of learners who require additional activities for remediation
additional activities for
remediation who scored below
80%
C. Did the remedial lesson work? ___YES ___NO
No. of learners who caught up ____ of learners who caught up the lesson
with the lesson
D. No. of learners who continue to ____No. of learners who continue to require remediation
require remediation
Which of my teaching Strategies that worked well:
strategies worked well? Why ____Group collaboration
did these work? ____Games
____PowerPoint presentation
____Answering preliminary
activities/exercises
____Discussion
____Case Method
____Think-Pair-Share (TPS)
____Rereading of paragraphs/Poems/Stories
____Differentiated Instruction
____Role Playing / Drama
____Discovery Method
____Lecture Method
Why?
____Complete IMs
____Availability of Materials
____Pupil’s eagerness to learn
____Group member’s cooperation in doing
their part

Checked by:

RODELITO M. MALABAYABAS
Principal

You might also like